blob: a89e813cc8716b3ce256eabbb2e8278a5e89c8e8 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000017#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +000018#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000019#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +000020#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +000022#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall384aff82010-08-25 07:42:41 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Ted Kremenek23245122007-08-20 16:18:38 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +000027#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000028#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000031#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000032#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
Benjamin Kramer8fe83e12012-02-04 13:45:25 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Tom Care3bfc5f42010-06-09 04:11:11 +000035#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +000036#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +000037#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +000038#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
Zhongxing Xua1f3dba2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000039#include <limits>
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000040using namespace clang;
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000041using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000042
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000043SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
44 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattner08f92e32010-11-17 07:37:15 +000045 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
46 PP.getLangOptions(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000047}
48
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +000049/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
50/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
51static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
52 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
53 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
54
55 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
56 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
57 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
58 << call->getSourceRange();
59
60 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
61 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
62 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
63
64 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
65 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
66 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
67}
68
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000069/// CheckBuiltinAnnotationString - Checks that string argument to the builtin
70/// annotation is a non wide string literal.
71static bool CheckBuiltinAnnotationString(Sema &S, Expr *Arg) {
72 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
73 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
74 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
75 S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_not_string_constant)
76 << Arg->getSourceRange();
77 return true;
78 }
79 return false;
80}
81
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000082ExprResult
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +000083Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000084 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregor2def4832008-11-17 20:34:05 +000085
Chris Lattner946928f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +000086 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
87 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
88 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
89 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
90 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
91 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
92
93 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
94 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
95 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
96 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
97
98 llvm::APSInt Result;
99 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
100 return true;
101 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
102 }
103
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000104 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000105 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000106 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000107 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000108 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000109 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000110 break;
Ted Kremenek49ff7a12008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000111 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000112 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000113 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
114 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000115 break;
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000116 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
117 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
118 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
119 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
120 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
121 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000122 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
123 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000124 break;
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000125 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
126 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
127 return ExprError();
128 break;
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000129 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
130 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
131 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
132 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
133 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000134 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000135 return ExprError();
136 break;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000137 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000138 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
139 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
140 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000141 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000142 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
143 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000144 break;
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000145 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000146 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
147 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000148 break;
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
150 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
151 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000152 break;
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000153
154 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
155 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
156 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
157 break;
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000158 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000159 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
160 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000161 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000162 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000163 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
164 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
165 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
166 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
167 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000168 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000169 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
170 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
171 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
172 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
173 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000174 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000175 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
176 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
177 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
178 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
179 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000180 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000181 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
182 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
183 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
184 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
185 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000186 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000187 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
188 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
189 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
190 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
191 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000192 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000193 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
194 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
195 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
196 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
197 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000198 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000199 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
200 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
201 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
202 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
203 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000204 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000205 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
206 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
207 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
208 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
209 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000210 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000211 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
212 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
213 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
214 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
215 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000216 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000217 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
218 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
219 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
220 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
221 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000222 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000223 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
224 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
225 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
226 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
227 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000228 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000229 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
230 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
231 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
232 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
233 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000234 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000235 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
236 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
237 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
238 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
239 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000240 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000241 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
242 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
243 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
244 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
245 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000246 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000247 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
248 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
249 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
250 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
251 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000252 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(move(TheCallResult));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000253 case Builtin::BI__atomic_load:
254 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Load);
255 case Builtin::BI__atomic_store:
256 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Store);
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000257 case Builtin::BI__atomic_init:
258 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Init);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000259 case Builtin::BI__atomic_exchange:
260 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Xchg);
261 case Builtin::BI__atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
262 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult),
263 AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong);
264 case Builtin::BI__atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
265 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult),
266 AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak);
267 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_add:
268 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Add);
269 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_sub:
270 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Sub);
271 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_and:
272 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::And);
273 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_or:
274 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Or);
275 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_xor:
276 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Xor);
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000277 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
278 if (CheckBuiltinAnnotationString(*this, TheCall->getArg(1)))
279 return ExprError();
280 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000281 }
282
283 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
284 // of the arch we are compiling for.
285 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000286 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000287 case llvm::Triple::arm:
288 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
289 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
290 return ExprError();
291 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000292 default:
293 break;
294 }
295 }
296
297 return move(TheCallResult);
298}
299
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000300// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
301static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false) {
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000302 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
303 int IsQuad = Type.isQuad();
304 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
305 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
306 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
307 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
308 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
309 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
310 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
311 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
312 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
313 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
314 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
315 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
316 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
317 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
318 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
319 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
320 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000321 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000322 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000323}
324
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000325/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
326/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
327/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
328static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context) {
329 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
330 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
331 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
332 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
333 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
334 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
335 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
336 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
337 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
338 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
339 return Context.SignedCharTy;
340 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
341 return Context.ShortTy;
342 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
343 return Context.UnsignedShortTy;
344 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
345 return Context.FloatTy;
346 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000347 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000348}
349
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000350bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000351 llvm::APSInt Result;
352
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000353 unsigned mask = 0;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000354 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000355 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000356 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000357 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000358#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
359#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
360#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000361 }
362
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000363 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
364 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000365 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000366 if (mask) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000367 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000368 return true;
369
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000370 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
371 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1 << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000372 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000373 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
374 }
375
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000376 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000377 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000378 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
379 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
380 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
381 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
382 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
383 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context);
384 if (HasConstPtr)
385 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
386 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
387 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
388 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
389 if (RHS.isInvalid())
390 return true;
391 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
392 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
393 return true;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000394 }
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000395
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000396 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
397 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000398 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000399 switch (BuiltinID) {
400 default: return false;
Nate Begemanbb37f502010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000401 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
402 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000403 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
404 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000405#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
406#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
407#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000408 };
409
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000410 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000411 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
412 return true;
413
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000414 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000415 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000416 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000417 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000418 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000419
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000420 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000421 return false;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000422}
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000423
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000424/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
425/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
426bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall) {
427 // Get the IdentifierInfo* for the called function.
428 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
429
430 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
431 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
432 if (!FnInfo)
433 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000435 // FIXME: This mechanism should be abstracted to be less fragile and
436 // more efficient. For example, just map function ids to custom
437 // handlers.
438
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000439 // Printf and scanf checking.
440 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
441 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
442 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000443 CheckFormatArguments(*i, TheCall);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +0000444 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000445
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000446 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
447 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
448 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +0000449 CheckNonNullArguments(*i, TheCall->getArgs(),
450 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart());
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000451 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000452
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000453 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
454 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000455 return false;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000456
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000457 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000458 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000459 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000460 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
461 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000462 else
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000463 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000464
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000465 return false;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000466}
467
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000468bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
469 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
470 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
471 i = Method->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
472 e = Method->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
473
474 CheckFormatArguments(*i, Args, NumArgs, false, lbrac,
475 Method->getSourceRange());
476 }
477
478 // diagnose nonnull arguments.
479 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
480 i = Method->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
481 e = Method->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
482 CheckNonNullArguments(*i, Args, lbrac);
483 }
484
485 return false;
486}
487
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000488bool Sema::CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000489 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
490 if (!V)
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000491 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000492
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000493 QualType Ty = V->getType();
494 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000495 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Jean-Daniel Dupas43d12512012-01-25 00:55:11 +0000497 // format string checking.
498 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
499 i = NDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
500 e = NDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
501 CheckFormatArguments(*i, TheCall);
502 }
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000503
504 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000505}
506
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000507ExprResult
508Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
509 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
510 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000511
512 // All these operations take one of the following four forms:
513 // T __atomic_load(_Atomic(T)*, int) (loads)
514 // T* __atomic_add(_Atomic(T*)*, ptrdiff_t, int) (pointer add/sub)
515 // int __atomic_compare_exchange_strong(_Atomic(T)*, T*, T, int, int)
516 // (cmpxchg)
517 // T __atomic_exchange(_Atomic(T)*, T, int) (everything else)
518 // where T is an appropriate type, and the int paremeterss are for orderings.
519 unsigned NumVals = 1;
520 unsigned NumOrders = 1;
521 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Load) {
522 NumVals = 0;
523 } else if (Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak || Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong) {
524 NumVals = 2;
525 NumOrders = 2;
526 }
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000527 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Init)
528 NumOrders = 0;
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000529
530 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumVals+NumOrders+1) {
531 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
532 << 0 << NumVals+NumOrders+1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
533 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
534 return ExprError();
535 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumVals+NumOrders+1) {
536 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumVals+NumOrders+1)->getLocStart(),
537 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
538 << 0 << NumVals+NumOrders+1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
539 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
540 return ExprError();
541 }
542
543 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation. This should always be
544 // a pointer to an _Atomic type.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000545 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000546 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
547 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
548 if (!pointerType) {
549 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
550 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
551 return ExprError();
552 }
553
554 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType();
555 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
556 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
557 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
558 return ExprError();
559 }
560 QualType ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
561
562 if ((Op == AtomicExpr::Add || Op == AtomicExpr::Sub) &&
563 !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
564 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
565 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
566 return ExprError();
567 }
568
569 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() &&
570 (Op == AtomicExpr::And || Op == AtomicExpr::Or || Op == AtomicExpr::Xor)){
571 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_logical_needs_atomic_int)
572 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
573 return ExprError();
574 }
575
576 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
577 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
578 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
579 // okay
580 break;
581
582 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
583 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
584 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
585 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
586 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
587 return ExprError();
588 }
589
590 QualType ResultType = ValType;
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000591 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Store || Op == AtomicExpr::Init)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000592 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
593 else if (Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak || Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong)
594 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
595
596 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
597 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
598 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
599 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumVals+NumOrders+1; ++i) {
600 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
601 QualType Ty;
602 if (i < NumVals+1) {
603 // The second argument to a cmpxchg is a pointer to the data which will
604 // be exchanged. The second argument to a pointer add/subtract is the
605 // amount to add/subtract, which must be a ptrdiff_t. The third
606 // argument to a cmpxchg and the second argument in all other cases
607 // is the type of the value.
608 if (i == 1 && (Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak ||
609 Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong))
610 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
611 else if (!ValType->isIntegerType() &&
612 (Op == AtomicExpr::Add || Op == AtomicExpr::Sub))
613 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
614 else
615 Ty = ValType;
616 } else {
617 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
618 Ty = Context.IntTy;
619 }
620 InitializedEntity Entity =
621 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
622 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
623 if (Arg.isInvalid())
624 return true;
625 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
626 }
627
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000628 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
629 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000630 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Load) {
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000631 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000632 } else if (Op == AtomicExpr::Init) {
633 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000634 } else if (Op != AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak && Op != AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong) {
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000635 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
636 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000637 } else {
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000638 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
639 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
640 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
641 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000642 }
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000643
644 return Owned(new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
645 SubExprs.data(), SubExprs.size(),
646 ResultType, Op,
647 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000648}
649
650
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +0000651/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
652/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
653/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
654/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
655/// them.
656///
657/// Returns true on error.
658static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
659 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
660 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
661
662 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
663 InitializedEntity Entity =
664 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
665
666 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
667 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
668 if (Arg.isInvalid())
669 return true;
670
671 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
672 return false;
673}
674
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000675/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
676/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
677/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
678/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
679/// void(...).
680///
681/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
682/// builtins,
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000683ExprResult
684Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000685 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000686 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
687 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
688
689 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000690 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
691 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
692 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
693 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
694 return ExprError();
695 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000697 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
698 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
699 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
700 // casts here.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000701 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000702 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman8c382062012-01-23 02:35:22 +0000703 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
704 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
705 return ExprError();
706 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
707 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
708
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000709 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
710 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000711 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
712 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
713 return ExprError();
714 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000716 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerdd5fa7a2010-09-17 21:12:38 +0000717 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000718 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
719 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
720 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
721 return ExprError();
722 }
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000723
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000724 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
725 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
726 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
727 // okay
728 break;
729
730 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
731 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
732 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +0000733 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000734 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
735 return ExprError();
736 }
737
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000738 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
739 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
740
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000741 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
742 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
743 QualType ResultType = ValType;
744
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000745 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
746 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
747 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
748#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
749 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
750 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000751
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000752 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
753 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
754 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
755 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
756 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
757 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000758
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000759 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
760 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
761 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
762 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
763 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000764
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000765 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
766 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
767 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000768 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
769 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000770 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000771#undef BUILTIN_ROW
772
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000773 // Determine the index of the size.
774 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000775 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000776 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
777 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
778 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
779 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
780 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
781 default:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000782 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
783 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
784 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000785 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000786
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000787 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
788 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
789 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
790 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +0000791 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000792 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
793 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000794 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000795 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
796 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
797 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
798 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
799 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
800 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
801 BuiltinIndex = 0;
802 break;
803
804 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
805 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
806 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
807 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
808 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
809 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
810 BuiltinIndex = 1;
811 break;
812
813 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
814 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
815 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
816 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
817 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
818 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
819 BuiltinIndex = 2;
820 break;
821
822 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
823 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
824 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
825 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
826 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
827 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
828 BuiltinIndex = 3;
829 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000830
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000831 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
832 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
833 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
834 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
835 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
836 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
837 BuiltinIndex = 4;
838 break;
839
840 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
841 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
842 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
843 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
844 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
845 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
846 BuiltinIndex = 5;
847 break;
848
849 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
850 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
851 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
852 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
853 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
854 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
855 BuiltinIndex = 6;
856 break;
857
858 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
859 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
860 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
861 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
862 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
863 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
864 BuiltinIndex = 7;
865 break;
866
867 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
868 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
869 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
870 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
871 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
872 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
873 BuiltinIndex = 8;
874 break;
875
876 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
877 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
878 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
879 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
880 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
881 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
882 BuiltinIndex = 9;
883 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000884
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000885 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000886 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
887 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
888 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
889 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
890 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +0000891 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000892 NumFixed = 2;
893 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000894
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000895 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000896 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
897 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
898 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
899 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
900 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +0000901 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000902 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000903 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000904 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000905
906 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
907 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
908 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
909 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
910 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
911 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
912 BuiltinIndex = 12;
913 break;
914
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000915 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000916 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
917 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
918 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
919 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
920 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +0000921 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000922 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000923 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000924 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000925
926 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
927 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
928 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
929 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
930 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
931 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
932 BuiltinIndex = 14;
933 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000934 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000936 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
937 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000938 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
939 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
940 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
941 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
942 return ExprError();
943 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000944
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +0000945 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
946 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
947 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
948 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
949 IdentifierInfo *NewBuiltinII = PP.getIdentifierInfo(NewBuiltinName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl =
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +0000951 cast<FunctionDecl>(LazilyCreateBuiltin(NewBuiltinII, NewBuiltinID,
952 TUScope, false, DRE->getLocStart()));
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000953
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000954 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
955 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
956 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000957 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000958 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000959
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000960 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
961 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000962 // Initialize the argument.
963 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
964 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
965 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000966 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000967 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000968
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000969 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
970 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
971 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
972 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
973 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000975 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +0000978 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
979
980 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
981 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
982 Context,
983 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnarae4b92762012-01-27 09:46:47 +0000984 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +0000985 NewBuiltinDecl,
986 DRE->getLocation(),
987 NewBuiltinDecl->getType(),
988 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000989
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000990 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
991 // FIXME: This leaks the original parens and implicit casts.
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +0000992 ExprResult PromotedCall = UsualUnaryConversions(NewDRE);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000993 if (PromotedCall.isInvalid())
994 return ExprError();
995 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000996
Chandler Carruthdb4325b2010-07-18 07:23:17 +0000997 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
998 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
999 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001000 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001001
1002 return move(TheCallResult);
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001003}
1004
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001005/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001006/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffd942622009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001007/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1008/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001009bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattner56f34942008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001010 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001011 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1012
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001013 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001014 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1015 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001016 return true;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001017 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001019 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001020 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001021 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001022 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001023 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (UTF8 *)String.data();
1024 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1025
1026 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1027 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1028 strictConversion);
1029 // Check for conversion failure.
1030 if (Result != conversionOK)
1031 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1032 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1033 }
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001034 return false;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001035}
1036
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001037/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1038/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001039bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1040 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1041 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001042 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001043 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001044 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1045 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001046 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001047 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001048 return true;
1049 }
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001050
1051 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001052 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1053 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1054 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001055 }
1056
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001057 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1058 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1059 return true;
1060
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001061 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001062 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001063 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001064 if (CurBlock)
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001065 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek9498d382010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001066 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1067 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1068 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001069 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001070
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001071 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001072 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1073 return true;
1074 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001076 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1077 // current function or method.
1078 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlssone2c14102008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001079 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001080
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001081 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1082 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001083 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1084 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001085 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001086 if (CurBlock)
1087 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1088 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001089 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001090 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001091 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001092 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
1093 }
1094 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001095
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001096 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001097 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001098 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
1099 return false;
Eli Friedman6cfda232008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001100}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001101
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001102/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1103/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001104bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1105 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001106 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001107 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001108 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001110 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001111 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001112 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1113 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001114
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001115 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1116 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001117
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001118 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1119 // type.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001120 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001121 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1122 return true;
Daniel Dunbar403bc2b2009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001123
1124 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1125 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1126 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001127 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1128 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001129
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001130 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001131 return false;
1132
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001133 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1134 // invalid for this operation.
1135 if (!Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001136 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001137 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001138 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1139 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001140
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001141 return false;
1142}
1143
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001144/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1145/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001146/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1147/// value.
1148bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1149 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001150 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001151 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001152 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1153 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001154 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001155 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001156 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001157 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1158
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001159 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001161 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1162 return false;
1163
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001164 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001165 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001166 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001167 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1168 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001169
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001170 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1171 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1172 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1173 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1174 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1175 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1176 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001177 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
1178 OrigArg = CastArg;
1179 }
1180 }
1181
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001182 return false;
1183}
1184
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001185/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1186// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001187ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001188 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001189 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001190 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001191 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001192 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001193
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001194 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1195 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1196 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1197 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1198 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1199 unsigned numElements = 0;
1200
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001201 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1202 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001203 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1204 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
1205
1206 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001207 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001209 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1210 return ExprError();
1211 }
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001212
1213 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1214 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001216 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1217 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1218 // same number of elts as lhs.
1219 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00001220 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001221 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
1222 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1223 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1224 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1225 numResElements = numElements;
1226 }
1227 else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001228 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001229 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001230 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1231 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001232 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1233 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001234 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001235 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001236 }
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001237 }
1238
1239 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001240 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1241 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1242 continue;
1243
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001244 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1245 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1246 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1247 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1248 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001249
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001250 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001251 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001252 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001253 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001254 }
1255
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001256 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001257
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001258 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001259 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1260 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1261 }
1262
Nate Begemana88dc302009-08-12 02:10:25 +00001263 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs.begin(),
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001264 exprs.size(), resType,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001265 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1266 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001267}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001268
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001269/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1270// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1271// optional constant int args.
1272bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001273 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001274
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001275 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001276 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1277 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1278 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1279 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001280
1281 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1282 // constant integers.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001283 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001284 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001285
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001286 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001287 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1288 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001289
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001290 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1291 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1292 // is 3.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001293 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001294 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001295 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001296 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001297 } else {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001298 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001299 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001300 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001301 }
1302 }
1303
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001304 return false;
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001305}
1306
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001307/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1308/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1309bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1310 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1311 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1312 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1313 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1314
1315 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1316
1317 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1318 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher5e896552010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001319 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001320
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001321 return false;
1322}
1323
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001324/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1325/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1326/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001327// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001328bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001329 llvm::APSInt Result;
1330
1331 // Check constant-ness first.
1332 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1333 return true;
1334
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001335 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001336 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001337 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1338 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001339 }
1340
1341 return false;
1342}
1343
Eli Friedman586d6a82009-05-03 06:04:26 +00001344/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001345/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
1346bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1347 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001348 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001349
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001350 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
1351 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1352 return true;
1353
1354 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001355 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
1356 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
1357
1358 return false;
1359}
1360
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001361// Handle i > 1 ? "x" : "y", recursively.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001362bool Sema::SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args,
1363 unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001364 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001365 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001366 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001367 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
1368 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001369
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001370 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00001371
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001372 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
1373 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
1374 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
1375 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
1376 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
1377 return true;
1378
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001379 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001380 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001381 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001382 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C = cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001383 return SemaCheckStringLiteral(C->getTrueExpr(), Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001384 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001385 inFunctionCall)
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001386 && SemaCheckStringLiteral(C->getFalseExpr(), Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
1387 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
1388 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001389 }
1390
1391 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001392 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
1393 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001394 }
1395
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001396 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
1397 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
1398 E = src;
1399 goto tryAgain;
1400 }
1401 return false;
1402
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001403 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
1404 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
1405 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
1406 // liability.
1407 return true;
1408
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001409 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
1410 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001412 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
1413 // const string literals.
1414 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
1415 bool isConstant = false;
1416 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001417
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001418 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
1419 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001420 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001421 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context) &&
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001422 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupase98e5b52012-01-25 10:35:33 +00001423 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1424 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
1425 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
1426 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001427 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001429 if (isConstant) {
Sebastian Redl31310a22010-02-01 20:16:42 +00001430 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer())
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001431 return SemaCheckStringLiteral(Init, Args, NumArgs,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001432 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001433 Type, /*inFunctionCall*/false);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001434 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001435
Anders Carlssond966a552009-06-28 19:55:58 +00001436 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
1437 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
1438 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
1439 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
1440 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
1441 // to a vprintf function. For example:
1442 //
1443 // void
1444 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
1445 // va_list ap;
1446 // va_start(ap, fmt);
1447 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
1448 // ...
1449 //
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001450 if (HasVAListArg) {
1451 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
1452 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
1453 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
1454 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
1455 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
1456 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
1457 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i;
1458 // adjust for implicit parameter
1459 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1460 if (MD->isInstance())
1461 ++PVIndex;
1462 // We also check if the formats are compatible.
1463 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
1464 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
1465 Type == GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
1466 return true;
1467 }
1468 }
1469 }
1470 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001471 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001472
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001473 return false;
1474 }
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001475
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001476 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
1477 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001478 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001479 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
1480 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
1481 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
1482 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1483 if (MD->isInstance())
1484 --ArgIndex;
1485 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001486
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001487 return SemaCheckStringLiteral(Arg, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
1488 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
1489 inFunctionCall);
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001490 }
1491 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001492
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001493 return false;
1494 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001495 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
1496 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
1497 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001498
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001499 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001500 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
1501 else
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001502 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001503
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001504 if (StrE) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001505 CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001506 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001507 return true;
1508 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001509
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001510 return false;
1511 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001512
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001513 default:
1514 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001515 }
1516}
1517
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001518void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001519Sema::CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001520 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
1521 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001522 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
1523 e = NonNull->args_end();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001524 i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001525 const Expr *ArgExpr = ExprArgs[*i];
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001526 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001527 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001528 Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001529 }
1530}
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001531
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001532Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
1533 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType())
1534 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
1535 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
1536 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
1537 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
1538 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
1539 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
1540 .Default(FST_Unknown);
1541}
1542
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001543/// CheckPrintfScanfArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
1544/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001545void Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1546 bool IsCXXMember = false;
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001547 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
1548 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
1549 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001550 IsCXXMember = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001551 CheckFormatArguments(Format, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(),
1552 IsCXXMember, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
1553 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
1554}
1555
1556void Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
1557 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
1558 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001559 bool HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
1560 unsigned format_idx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
1561 unsigned firstDataArg = HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
1562 if (IsCXXMember) {
1563 if (format_idx == 0)
1564 return;
1565 --format_idx;
1566 if(firstDataArg != 0)
1567 --firstDataArg;
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001568 }
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001569 CheckFormatArguments(Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
1570 firstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format), Loc, Range);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001571}
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001572
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001573void Sema::CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1574 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
1575 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
1576 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001577 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001578 if (format_idx >= NumArgs) {
1579 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001580 return;
1581 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001582
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001583 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001584
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001585 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001586 //
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001587 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
1588 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
1589 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
1590 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
1591 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001592
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001593 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001594 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001595 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001596 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001597 if (SemaCheckStringLiteral(OrigFormatExpr, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001598 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type))
Chris Lattner1cd3e1f2009-04-29 04:49:34 +00001599 return; // Literal format string found, check done!
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001600
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001601 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
1602 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
1603 if (Type == FST_Strftime)
1604 return;
1605
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001606 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
1607 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
1608 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
1609 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
1610 if (Type == FST_NSString && Args[format_idx]->getLocStart().isMacroID())
1611 return;
1612
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001613 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
1614 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001615 if (NumArgs == format_idx+1)
1616 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001617 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001618 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1619 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001620 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001621 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001622 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001623}
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001624
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001625namespace {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001626class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
1627protected:
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001628 Sema &S;
1629 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
1630 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001631 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001632 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
1633 const bool IsObjCLiteral;
1634 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001635 const bool HasVAListArg;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001636 const Expr * const *Args;
1637 const unsigned NumArgs;
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001638 unsigned FormatIdx;
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001639 llvm::BitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001640 bool usesPositionalArgs;
1641 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001642 bool inFunctionCall;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001643public:
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001644 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001645 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001646 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjCLiteral,
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001647 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001648 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
1649 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001650 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001651 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg),
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001652 NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001653 IsObjCLiteral(isObjCLiteral), Beg(beg),
1654 HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001655 Args(args), NumArgs(numArgs), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001656 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
1657 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001658 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
1659 CoveredArgs.reset();
1660 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001661
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00001662 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001663
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001664 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1665 unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001666
1667 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
1668 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1669 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1670
1671 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
1672 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1673 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1674
1675 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(
1676 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1677 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1678 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1679
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001680 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
1681 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001682 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001683
1684 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1685
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001686 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001687
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001688 template <typename Range>
1689 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
1690 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1691 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1692 SourceLocation StringLoc,
1693 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
1694 FixItHint Fixit = FixItHint());
1695
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001696protected:
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001697 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
1698 const char *startSpec,
1699 unsigned specifierLen,
1700 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001701
1702 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1703 const char *startSpec,
1704 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001705
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001706 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001707 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
1708 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001709 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001710
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001711 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001712
1713 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1714 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1715 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
1716 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001717
1718 template <typename Range>
1719 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
1720 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
1721 FixItHint Fixit = FixItHint());
1722
1723 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
1724 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001725};
1726}
1727
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001728SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001729 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1730}
1731
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001732CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
1733getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00001734 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
1735 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
1736
1737 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa64ccef2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00001738 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00001739
1740 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001741}
1742
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001743SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001744 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001745}
1746
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001747void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1748 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001749 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
1750 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
1751 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1752 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek808015a2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00001753}
1754
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001755void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
1756 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1757 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
1758 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) << LM.toString()
1759 << "length modifier",
1760 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
1761 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1762 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
1763}
1764
1765void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
1766 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1767 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
1768 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) << CS.toString()
1769 << "conversion specifier",
1770 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
1771 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1772 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
1773}
1774
1775void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(
1776 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1777 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1778 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
1779 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec)
1780 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
1781 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
1782 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1783 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
1784}
1785
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001786void
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001787CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
1788 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001789 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
1790 << (unsigned) p,
1791 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1792 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001793}
1794
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001795void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001796 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001797 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
1798 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
1799 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1800 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001801}
1802
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001803void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00001804 if (!IsObjCLiteral) {
1805 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001806 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
1807 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
1808 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1809 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00001810 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001811}
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001812
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001813const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001814 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001815}
1816
1817void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
1818 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
1819 // format conversions in the format string?
1820 if (!HasVAListArg) {
1821 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
1822 CoveredArgs.flip();
1823 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
1824 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
1825 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001826 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
1827 getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)->getLocStart(),
1828 /*IsStringLocation*/false, getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001829 }
1830 }
1831}
1832
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001833bool
1834CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
1835 SourceLocation Loc,
1836 const char *startSpec,
1837 unsigned specifierLen,
1838 const char *csStart,
1839 unsigned csLen) {
1840
1841 bool keepGoing = true;
1842 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
1843 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
1844 // make sense.
1845 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
1846 }
1847 else {
1848 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
1849 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
1850 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
1851 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
1852 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
1853 keepGoing = false;
1854 }
1855
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001856 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
1857 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
1858 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1859 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001860
1861 return keepGoing;
1862}
1863
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001864void
1865CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1866 const char *startSpec,
1867 unsigned specifierLen) {
1868 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
1869 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
1870 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
1871}
1872
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001873bool
1874CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
1875 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1876 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1877 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
1878
1879 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001880 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
1881 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
1882 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
1883 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
1884 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
1885 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1886 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001887 return false;
1888 }
1889 return true;
1890}
1891
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001892template<typename Range>
1893void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1894 SourceLocation Loc,
1895 bool IsStringLocation,
1896 Range StringRange,
1897 FixItHint FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001898 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001899 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
1900}
1901
1902/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
1903/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
1904///
1905/// \param inFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
1906/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
1907/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
1908///
1909/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
1910/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
1911/// diagnostics are emitted.
1912///
1913/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
1914/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
1915/// to diagnostics.
1916///
1917/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
1918/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
1919/// the other one.
1920///
1921/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
1922/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
1923/// be used with PDiag.
1924///
1925/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
1926/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
1927///
1928/// \param Fixit optional fix it hint for the format string.
1929template<typename Range>
1930void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
1931 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1932 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1933 SourceLocation Loc,
1934 bool IsStringLocation,
1935 Range StringRange,
1936 FixItHint FixIt) {
1937 if (InFunctionCall)
1938 S.Diag(Loc, PDiag) << StringRange << FixIt;
1939 else {
1940 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
1941 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
1942 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
1943 diag::note_format_string_defined)
1944 << StringRange << FixIt;
1945 }
1946}
1947
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001948//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
1949
1950namespace {
1951class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
1952public:
1953 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
1954 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
1955 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjCLiteral,
1956 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001957 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1958 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001959 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
1960 numDataArgs, isObjCLiteral, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001961 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall) {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001962
1963
1964 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
1965 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1966 const char *startSpecifier,
1967 unsigned specifierLen);
1968
1969 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1970 const char *startSpecifier,
1971 unsigned specifierLen);
1972
1973 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
1974 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1975 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1976 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
1977 unsigned type,
1978 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1979 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1980 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
1981 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1982 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1983 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
1984 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
1985 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1986};
1987}
1988
1989bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
1990 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1991 const char *startSpecifier,
1992 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00001993 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001994 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001995
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001996 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
1997 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
1998 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
1999 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek26ac2e02010-01-29 02:40:24 +00002000}
2001
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002002bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
2003 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2004 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
2005 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002006
2007 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002008 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002009 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
2010 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002011 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
2012 << k,
2013 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2014 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2015 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002016 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2017 // spurious errors.
2018 return false;
2019 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002020
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002021 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek31f8e322010-01-29 23:32:22 +00002022 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
2023 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
2024 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002025 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2026 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002027 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002028
2029 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
2030 assert(ATR.isValid());
2031
2032 if (!ATR.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002033 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborga792aff2011-12-07 10:33:11 +00002034 << k << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002035 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
2036 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2037 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2038 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002039 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2040 // spurious errors.
2041 return false;
2042 }
2043 }
2044 }
2045 return true;
2046}
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002047
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002048void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002049 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002050 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2051 unsigned type,
2052 const char *startSpecifier,
2053 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002054 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2055 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002056
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002057 FixItHint fixit =
2058 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
2059 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2060 Amt.getConstantLength()))
2061 : FixItHint();
2062
2063 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2064 << type << CS.toString(),
2065 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2066 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2067 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2068 fixit);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002069}
2070
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002071void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002072 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2073 const char *startSpecifier,
2074 unsigned specifierLen) {
2075 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002076 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2077 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002078 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2079 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2080 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2081 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2082 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2083 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2084 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002085}
2086
2087void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002088 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002089 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2090 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2091 const char *startSpecifier,
2092 unsigned specifierLen) {
2093 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002094 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2095 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2096 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2097 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2098 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2099 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2100 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002101}
2102
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002103bool
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002104CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002105 &FS,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002106 const char *startSpecifier,
2107 unsigned specifierLen) {
2108
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002109 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002110 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002111 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002112
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002113 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2114 if (atFirstArg) {
2115 atFirstArg = false;
2116 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2117 }
2118 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002119 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2120 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002121 return false;
2122 }
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002123 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002124
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002125 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2126 // have matching data arguments.
2127 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2128 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2129 return false;
2130 }
2131
2132 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2133 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002134 return false;
2135 }
2136
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002137 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2138 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2139 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002140 return true;
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002141 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002142
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002143 // Consume the argument.
2144 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremeneke3fc5472010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002145 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2146 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2147 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2148 // function if we encounter some other error.
2149 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2150 }
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002151
2152 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2153 // in a non-ObjC literal.
2154 if (!IsObjCLiteral && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002155 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2156 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002157 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002158
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002159 // Check for invalid use of field width
2160 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002161 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002162 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2163 }
2164
2165 // Check for invalid use of precision
2166 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
2167 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2168 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2169 }
2170
2171 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenek65197b42011-01-08 05:28:46 +00002172 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
2173 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002174 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
2175 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2176 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
2177 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002178 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
2179 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002180 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
2181 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2182 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
2183 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2184
2185 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002186 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
2187 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
2188 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002189 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
2190 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
2191 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2192
2193 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2194 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2195 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier())
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002196 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2197 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
2198 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2199 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2200 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2201 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2202 getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(),
2203 LM.getLength())));
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002204 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
2205 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(LM, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2206 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOptions()))
2207 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2208 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
2209 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(LM, CS, startSpecifier,
2210 specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002211
2212 // Are we using '%n'?
Ted Kremenek35d353b2010-07-20 20:04:10 +00002213 if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002214 // Issue a warning about this being a possible security issue.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002215 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_write_back),
2216 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2217 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2218 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremeneke82d8042010-01-29 01:35:25 +00002219 // Continue checking the other format specifiers.
2220 return true;
2221 }
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002222
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002223 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2224 if (HasVAListArg)
2225 return true;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002226
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002227 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002228 return false;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002229
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002230 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
2231 // format specifier.
2232 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Nico Weber339b9072012-01-31 01:43:25 +00002233 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
2234 IsObjCLiteral);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002235 if (ATR.isValid() && !ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
2236 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
2237 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
2238 // function.
2239 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002240 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy) {
2241 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
2242 Ex = ICE->getSubExpr();
2243 if (ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002244 return true;
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002245 }
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002246
2247 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
2248 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Hans Wennborgbe6126a2012-02-15 09:59:46 +00002249 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOptions(),
2250 S.Context, IsObjCLiteral);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002251
2252 if (success) {
2253 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002254 SmallString<128> buf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002255 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2256 fixedFS.toString(os);
2257
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002258 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2259 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborga792aff2011-12-07 10:33:11 +00002260 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002261 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2262 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2263 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2264 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2265 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
2266 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2267 os.str()));
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002268 }
2269 else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002270 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2271 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2272 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
2273 << getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)
2274 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2275 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2276 true,
2277 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002278 }
2279 }
2280
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002281 return true;
2282}
2283
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002284//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2285
2286namespace {
2287class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
2288public:
2289 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2290 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
2291 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjCLiteral,
2292 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002293 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2294 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002295 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
2296 numDataArgs, isObjCLiteral, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002297 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall) {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002298
2299 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2300 const char *startSpecifier,
2301 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002302
2303 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2304 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2305 const char *startSpecifier,
2306 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002307
2308 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002309};
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002310}
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002311
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002312void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
2313 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002314 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
2315 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2316 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002317}
2318
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002319bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2320 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2321 const char *startSpecifier,
2322 unsigned specifierLen) {
2323
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002324 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002325 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
2326
2327 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2328 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2329 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2330 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2331}
2332
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002333bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
2334 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2335 const char *startSpecifier,
2336 unsigned specifierLen) {
2337
2338 using namespace analyze_scanf;
2339 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2340
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002341 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002342
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002343 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
2344 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
2345 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2346 if (atFirstArg) {
2347 atFirstArg = false;
2348 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2349 }
2350 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002351 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2352 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002353 return false;
2354 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002355 }
2356
2357 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
2358 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
2359 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
2360 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
2361 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2362 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002363 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
2364 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2365 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2366 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002367 }
2368 }
2369
2370 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2371 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2372 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
2373 return true;
2374 }
2375
2376 // Consume the argument.
2377 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
2378 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2379 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2380 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2381 // function if we encounter some other error.
2382 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2383 }
2384
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002385 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2386 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2387 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier()) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002388 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2389 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2390 << LM.toString() << CS.toString()
2391 << getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2392 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2393 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2394 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002395 }
2396
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002397 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
2398 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(LM, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2399 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOptions()))
2400 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2401 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
2402 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(LM, CS, startSpecifier,
2403 specifierLen);
2404
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002405 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2406 if (HasVAListArg)
2407 return true;
2408
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002409 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002410 return false;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002411
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002412 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
2413 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
2414 const analyze_scanf::ScanfArgTypeResult &ATR = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
2415 if (ATR.isValid() && !ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
2416 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Hans Wennborgbe6126a2012-02-15 09:59:46 +00002417 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOptions(),
2418 S.Context);
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002419
2420 if (success) {
2421 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002422 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002423 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2424 fixedFS.toString(os);
2425
2426 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2427 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2428 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
2429 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2430 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2431 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2432 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2433 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
2434 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2435 os.str()));
2436 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002437 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2438 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002439 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002440 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2441 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2442 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2443 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002444 }
2445 }
2446
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002447 return true;
2448}
2449
2450void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002451 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002452 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2453 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002454 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002455 bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002456
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002457 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00002458 if (!FExpr->isAscii()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002459 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002460 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002461 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2462 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002463 return;
2464 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002465
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002466 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002467 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer2f4eaef2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00002468 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
2469 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002470 const unsigned numDataArgs = NumArgs - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002471
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002472 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002473 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002474 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002475 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002476 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2477 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002478 return;
2479 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002480
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002481 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002482 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002483 numDataArgs, isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002484 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002485 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002486
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002487 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
2488 getLangOptions()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002489 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002490 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002491 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002492 numDataArgs, isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002493 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002494 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002495
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002496 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
2497 getLangOptions()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002498 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002499 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekce7024e2010-01-28 01:18:22 +00002500}
2501
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002502//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
2503
Douglas Gregor2a053a32011-05-03 20:05:22 +00002504/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
2505/// whether it has a vtable).
2506static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
2507 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2508 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
2509 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
2510 return true;
2511
2512 return false;
2513}
2514
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00002515/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002516/// otherwise returns NULL.
2517static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002518 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002519 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
2520 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
2521 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002522
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002523 return 0;
2524}
2525
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00002526/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002527static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
2528 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
2529 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
2530 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
2531 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
2532
2533 return QualType();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002534}
2535
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002536/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
2537///
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00002538/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002539/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
2540/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002541///
2542/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002543void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002544 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002545 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002546 assert(BId != 0);
2547
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00002548 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor707a23e2011-06-16 17:56:04 +00002549 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002550 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002551 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00002552 return;
2553
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002554 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
2555 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
2556 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002557 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002558
2559 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
2560 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
2561 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
2562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
2563
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002564 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
2565 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002566 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002567
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002568 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
2569 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2570 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002571
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002572 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
2573 // false positives.
2574 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002575 continue;
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002576
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002577 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
2578 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
2579 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
2580 // enabled.
2581 if (SizeOfArg &&
2582 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
2583 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
2584 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
2585 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
2586 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
2587 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
2588 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
2589 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
2590 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002591 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
2592 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002593 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
2594 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
2595 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
2596 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
2597 if (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())
2598 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
2599 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00002600 unsigned DestSrcSelect =
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002601 (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : ArgIdx);
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002602 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SizeOfArg->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2603 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002604 << FnName << DestSrcSelect << ActionIdx
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002605 << Dest->getSourceRange()
2606 << SizeOfArg->getSourceRange());
2607 break;
2608 }
2609 }
2610
2611 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
2612 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
2613 // record type.
2614 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
2615 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
2616 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
2617 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2618 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
2619 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
2620 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
2621 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
2622 break;
2623 }
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002624 }
2625
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002626 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002627 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
2628
2629 unsigned OperationType = 0;
2630 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
2631 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
2632 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
2633 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
2634 OperationType = 1;
2635 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
2636 OperationType = 2;
2637 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
2638 OperationType = 3;
2639 }
2640
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00002641 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
2642 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2643 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002644 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00002645 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002646 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00002647 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002648 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
2649 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00002650 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
2651 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2652 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
2653 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
2654 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002655 else
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002656 continue;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002657
2658 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
2659 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00002660 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002661 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
2662 break;
2663 }
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002664 }
2665}
2666
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002667// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
2668// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
2669// we don't want to remove sizeof().
2670static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
2671 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
2672
2673 for (;;) {
2674 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
2675 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
2676 break;
2677
2678 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2679 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2680
2681 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
2682 Ex = LHS;
2683 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
2684 Ex = RHS;
2685 else
2686 break;
2687 }
2688
2689 return Ex;
2690}
2691
2692// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
2693// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
2694void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
2695 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
2696
2697 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
2698 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
2699 return;
2700
2701 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
2702 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
2703 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
2704
2705 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
2706 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
2707 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
2708 else {
2709 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
2710 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00002711 if (SizeCall->isBuiltinCall() == Builtin::BIstrlen
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002712 && SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
2713 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
2714 }
2715 }
2716
2717 if (!CompareWithSrc)
2718 return;
2719
2720 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
2721 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
2722 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
2723 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
2724 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
2725 if (!SrcArgDRE)
2726 return;
2727
2728 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
2729 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
2730 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
2731 return;
2732
2733 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
2734 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
2735 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
2736
2737 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
2738 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
2739 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
2740 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
2741 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002742 QualType DstArgTy = DstArg->getType();
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002743
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002744 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
2745 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DstArgTy)) {
2746 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
2747 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
2748 return;
2749 } else if (!DstArgTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
2750 return;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002751 }
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002752
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002753 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002754 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
2755 OS << "sizeof(";
Douglas Gregor8987b232011-09-27 23:30:47 +00002756 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002757 OS << ")";
2758
2759 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
2760 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
2761 OS.str());
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002762}
2763
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002764/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
2765static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
2766 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
2767 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
2768 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
2769 return false;
2770}
2771
2772static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
2773 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
2774 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
2775 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
2776 return 0;
2777 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2778 }
2779 return 0;
2780}
2781
2782// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
2783// The correct size argument should look like following:
2784// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
2785void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
2786 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
2787 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
2788 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
2789 return;
2790 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2791 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2792 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2793
2794 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
2795 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
2796 unsigned PatternType = 0;
2797 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
2798 // - sizeof(dst)
2799 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
2800 PatternType = 1;
2801 // - sizeof(src)
2802 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
2803 PatternType = 2;
2804 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
2805 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
2806 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2807 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2808 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
2809 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
2810 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
2811 PatternType = 1;
2812 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
2813 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
2814 PatternType = 2;
2815 }
2816 }
2817
2818 if (PatternType == 0)
2819 return;
2820
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002821 // Generate the diagnostic.
2822 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
2823 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
2824 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
2825
2826 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
2827 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
2828 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
2829 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
2830 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
2831 }
2832
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002833 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002834 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002835 else
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002836 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002837
2838 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
2839 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
2840 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
2841 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
2842 QualType DstArgTy = DstArg->getType();
2843
2844 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
2845 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DstArgTy)) {
2846 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
2847 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
2848 return;
2849 } else if (!DstArgTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
2850 return;
2851 }
2852
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002853 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002854 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
2855 OS << "sizeof(";
2856 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
2857 OS << ") - ";
2858 OS << "strlen(";
2859 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
2860 OS << ") - 1";
2861
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002862 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
2863 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002864}
2865
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002866//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
2867
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002868static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars);
2869static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002870
2871/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
2872/// of a stack variable.
2873void
2874Sema::CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
2875 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002876
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002877 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002878 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002879
2880 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
2881 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002882 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
2883 (!getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002884 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002885 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002886 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars);
2887 }
2888
2889 if (stackE == 0)
2890 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
2891
2892 SourceLocation diagLoc;
2893 SourceRange diagRange;
2894 if (refVars.empty()) {
2895 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
2896 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
2897 } else {
2898 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
2899 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
2900 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
2901 // reference variables using notes.
2902 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
2903 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
2904 }
2905
2906 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
2907 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
2908 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
2909 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
2910 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
2911 Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
2912 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
2913 Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
2914 } else { // local temporary.
2915 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
2916 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
2917 << diagRange;
2918 }
2919
2920 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
2921 // found the problematic expression using notes.
2922 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2923 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
2924 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
2925 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
2926 // show the range of the expression.
2927 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
2928 : stackE->getSourceRange();
2929 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
2930 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002931 }
2932}
2933
2934/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
2935/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002936/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
2937/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002938/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002939/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
2940/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
2941/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
2942///
2943/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
2944/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
2945/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002946///
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00002947/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
2948/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002949/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
2950/// expressions.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002951///
2952/// This implementation handles:
2953///
2954/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
2955/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
2956/// * taking the address of fields
2957/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
2958/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
2959/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002960static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002961 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2962 return NULL;
2963
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002964 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002965 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002966 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002967 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002968 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002969
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00002970 E = E->IgnoreParens();
2971
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002972 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
2973 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
2974 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
2975 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002976 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
2977 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
2978
2979 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
2980 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
2981 // it points to.
2982 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
2983 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
2984 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
2985 refVars.push_back(DR);
2986 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars);
2987 }
2988
2989 return NULL;
2990 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002991
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002992 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
2993 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
2994 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
2995 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002996
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002997 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002998 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002999 else
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003000 return NULL;
3001 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003002
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003003 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3004 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
3005 // in this context.
3006 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003007 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003009 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003010 return NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003011
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003012 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
3013
3014 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
3015 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
3016 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003017
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003018 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003019 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003020 }
Steve Naroff61f40a22008-09-10 19:17:48 +00003021
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003022 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
3023 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
3024 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3025 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003026
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003027 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003028 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS()) {
3029 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3030 if (!lhsExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003031 if (Expr* LHS = EvalAddr(lhsExpr, refVars))
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003032 return LHS;
3033 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003034
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003035 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3036 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
3037 return NULL;
3038
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003039 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003040 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003041
3042 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +00003043 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003044 return E; // local block.
3045 return NULL;
3046
3047 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
3048 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003049
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003050 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
3051 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars);
3052
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003053 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
3054 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003055 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor6eec8e82008-10-28 15:36:24 +00003056 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003057 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
3058 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0835a3c2008-08-18 23:01:59 +00003059 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003060 QualType T = SubExpr->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003061
Douglas Gregorac1303e2012-02-22 05:02:47 +00003062 if (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind() == CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject)
3063 return 0;
3064 else if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
3065 SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
3066 SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003067 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars);
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003068 else if (T->isArrayType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003069 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003070 else
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003071 return 0;
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003072 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003073
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003074 // C++ casts. For dynamic casts, static casts, and const casts, we
3075 // are always converting from a pointer-to-pointer, so we just blow
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003076 // through the cast. In the case the dynamic cast doesn't fail (and
3077 // return NULL), we take the conservative route and report cases
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003078 // where we return the address of a stack variable. For Reinterpre
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003079 // FIXME: The comment about is wrong; we're not always converting
3080 // from pointer to pointer. I'm guessing that this code should also
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081 // handle references to objects.
3082 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
3083 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003084 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
3085 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
3086 Expr *S = cast<CXXNamedCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003087 if (S->getType()->isPointerType() || S->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003088 return EvalAddr(S, refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003089 else
3090 return NULL;
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003091 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003093 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3094 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
3095 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
3096 refVars))
3097 return Result;
3098
3099 return E;
3100
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003101 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
3102 default:
3103 return NULL;
3104 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003105}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003107
3108/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
3109/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003110static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003111do {
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003112 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
3113 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
3114 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003116 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3117 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3118 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003119
3120 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003121 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003122 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3123 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003124 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003125 E = IE->getSubExpr();
3126 continue;
3127 }
3128 return NULL;
3129 }
3130
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003131 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
3132 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars);
3133
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003134 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003135 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
3136 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
3137 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003138 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003139
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003140 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003141 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
3142 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
3143 return DR;
3144
3145 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3146 // it points to.
3147 if (V->hasInit()) {
3148 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3149 refVars.push_back(DR);
3150 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars);
3151 }
3152 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003154 return NULL;
3155 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003156
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003157 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3158 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3159 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
3160 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
3161 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003162
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003163 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003164 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003165
3166 return NULL;
3167 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003169 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
3170 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
3171 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
3172 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003173 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003174 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003175
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003176 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3177 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003178 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003179 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
3180
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003181 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
3182 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003183 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(lhsExpr, refVars))
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003184 return LHS;
3185
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003186 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003187 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003188
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003189 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00003190 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003191 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003192
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003193 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003194 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003195 return NULL;
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003196
3197 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
3198 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
3199 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
3200 return NULL;
3201
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003202 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003203 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003204
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003205 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3206 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
3207 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
3208 refVars))
3209 return Result;
3210
3211 return E;
3212
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003213 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003214 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
3215 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
3216 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
3217 return E;
3218
3219 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003220 return NULL;
3221 }
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003222} while (true);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003223}
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003224
3225//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
3226
3227/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3228/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
3229/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003230void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003231 bool EmitWarning = true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003232
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003233 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3234 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003235
3236 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
3237 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
3238 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3239 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3240 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
3241 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003242
3243
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003244 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
3245 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
3246 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
3247 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
3248 // lead to false negatives.
3249 if (EmitWarning) {
3250 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
3251 if (FLL->isExact())
3252 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003253 } else
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003254 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen)){
3255 if (FLR->isExact())
3256 EmitWarning = false;
3257 }
3258 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003259
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003260 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003261 if (EmitWarning)
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003262 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003263 if (CL->isBuiltinCall())
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003264 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003266 if (EmitWarning)
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003267 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003268 if (CR->isBuiltinCall())
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003269 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003271 // Emit the diagnostic.
3272 if (EmitWarning)
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003273 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
3274 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003275}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003276
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003277//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
3278//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003279
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003280namespace {
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003281
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003282/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
3283/// expression.
3284struct IntRange {
3285 /// The number of bits active in the int.
3286 unsigned Width;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003287
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003288 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
3289 bool NonNegative;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003290
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003291 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
3292 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
3293 {}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003294
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003295 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003296 static IntRange forBoolType() {
3297 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003298 }
3299
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003300 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
3301 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
3302 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
3303 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003304 }
3305
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003306 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
3307 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003308 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3309
3310 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3311 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3312 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3313 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003314
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003315 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003316 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
3317 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00003318 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003319 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
3320
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003321 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
3322 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
3323
3324 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive, NumNegative), NumNegative == 0);
3325 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003326
3327 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3328 assert(BT->isInteger());
3329
3330 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3331 }
3332
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003333 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
3334 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
3335 ///
3336 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
3337 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
3338 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
3339 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3340
3341 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3342 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3343 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3344 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3345 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor69ff26b2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00003346 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003347
3348 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3349 assert(BT->isInteger());
3350
3351 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3352 }
3353
3354 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003355 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003356 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003357 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3358 }
3359
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003360 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003361 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003362 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
3363 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003364 }
3365};
3366
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003367static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
3368 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003369 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
3370 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
3371
3372 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003373 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003374
3375 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
3376 // signedness.
3377 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
3378}
3379
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003380static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
3381 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003382 if (result.isInt())
3383 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
3384
3385 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003386 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
3387 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
3388 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
3389 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
3390 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003391 return R;
3392 }
3393
3394 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
3395 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
3396 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
3397 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003398 }
3399
3400 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
3401 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003402 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
3403 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
3404 // preserved this.
Eli Friedman65639282012-01-04 23:13:47 +00003405 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003406 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003407}
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003408
3409/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
3410/// range of values it might take.
3411///
3412/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003413static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003414 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3415
3416 // Try a full evaluation first.
3417 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00003418 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003419 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, E->getType(), MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003420
3421 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
3422 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
3423 // being of the new, wider type.
3424 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedmanb17ee5b2011-12-15 02:41:52 +00003425 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003426 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
3427
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003428 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, CE->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003429
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003430 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003431
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003432 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003433 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003434 return OutputTypeRange;
3435
3436 IntRange SubRange
3437 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
3438 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
3439
3440 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
3441 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
3442 return OutputTypeRange;
3443
3444 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
3445 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
3446 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
3447 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
3448 }
3449
3450 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
3451 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
3452 bool CondResult;
3453 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
3454 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
3455 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
3456 MaxWidth);
3457
3458 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
3459 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
3460 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
3461 return IntRange::join(L, R);
3462 }
3463
3464 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
3465 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
3466
3467 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003468 case BO_LAnd:
3469 case BO_LOr:
3470 case BO_LT:
3471 case BO_GT:
3472 case BO_LE:
3473 case BO_GE:
3474 case BO_EQ:
3475 case BO_NE:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003476 return IntRange::forBoolType();
3477
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003478 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
3479 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003480 case BO_MulAssign:
3481 case BO_DivAssign:
3482 case BO_RemAssign:
3483 case BO_AddAssign:
3484 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003485 case BO_XorAssign:
3486 case BO_OrAssign:
3487 // TODO: bitfields?
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003488 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003489
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003490 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
3491 // been coerced to the LHS type.
3492 case BO_Assign:
3493 // TODO: bitfields?
3494 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3495
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003496 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003497 case BO_PtrMemD:
3498 case BO_PtrMemI:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003499 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003500
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003501 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003502 case BO_And:
3503 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003504 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
3505 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
3506
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003507 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003508 case BO_Shl:
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00003509 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
3510 // positive. It's an important idiom.
3511 if (IntegerLiteral *I
3512 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
3513 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003514 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00003515 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
3516 }
3517 }
3518 // fallthrough
3519
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003520 case BO_ShlAssign:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003521 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003522
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003523 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003524 case BO_Shr:
3525 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003526 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
3527
3528 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
3529 // that much.
3530 llvm::APSInt shift;
3531 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
3532 shift.isNonNegative()) {
3533 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
3534 if (zext >= L.Width)
3535 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
3536 else
3537 L.Width -= zext;
3538 }
3539
3540 return L;
3541 }
3542
3543 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003544 case BO_Comma:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003545 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3546
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003547 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003548 case BO_Sub:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003549 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003550 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003551 break;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00003552
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003553 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
3554 // of the LHS.
3555 case BO_Div: {
3556 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
3557 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
3558 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
3559
3560 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
3561 llvm::APSInt divisor;
3562 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
3563 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
3564 if (log2 >= L.Width)
3565 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
3566 else
3567 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
3568 return L;
3569 }
3570
3571 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
3572 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
3573 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3574 }
3575
3576 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
3577 // either side.
3578 case BO_Rem: {
3579 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
3580 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
3581 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
3582 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
3583
3584 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
3585 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
3586 return meet;
3587 }
3588
3589 // The default behavior is okay for these.
3590 case BO_Mul:
3591 case BO_Add:
3592 case BO_Xor:
3593 case BO_Or:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003594 break;
3595 }
3596
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003597 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
3598 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003599 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
3600 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3601 return IntRange::join(L, R);
3602 }
3603
3604 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
3605 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
3606 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003607 case UO_LNot:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003608 return IntRange::forBoolType();
3609
3610 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003611 case UO_Deref:
3612 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003613 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003614
3615 default:
3616 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
3617 }
3618 }
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00003619
3620 if (dyn_cast<OffsetOfExpr>(E)) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003621 IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00003622 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003623
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00003624 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getBitField())
3625 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003626 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003627
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003628 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003629}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003630
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003631static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003632 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
3633}
3634
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003635/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
3636/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
3637/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003638static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
3639 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
3640 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003641 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
3642
3643 bool ignored;
3644 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
3645 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
3646
3647 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
3648}
3649
3650/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
3651/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
3652/// target semantics.
3653///
3654/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003655static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
3656 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
3657 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003658 if (value.isFloat())
3659 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
3660
3661 if (value.isVector()) {
3662 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
3663 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
3664 return false;
3665 return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
3669 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
3670 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
3671}
3672
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003673static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003674
Ted Kremeneke3b159c2010-09-23 21:43:44 +00003675static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3676 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
3677 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
3678 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3679 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
3680 return false;
3681
3682 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
3683 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
3684 return false;
3685
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003686 llvm::APSInt Value;
3687 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
3688}
3689
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003690static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
3691 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
3692 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00003693 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
3694 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003695 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00003696 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003697 }
3698
3699 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
3700}
3701
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003702static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003703 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregor14af91a2010-12-21 07:22:56 +00003704 if (E->isValueDependent())
3705 return;
3706
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003707 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003708 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003709 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003710 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003711 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003712 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003713 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003714 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003715 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003716 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003717 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003718 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003719 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003720 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003721 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003722 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
3723 }
3724}
3725
3726/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
3727/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003728static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003729 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
3730 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003731}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003732
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003733/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
3734///
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003735/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003736static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003737 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
3738 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
3739 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
3740 && "comparison with mismatched types");
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003741
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003742 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
3743 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
3744 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor3e026e32011-02-19 22:34:59 +00003745 //
3746 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
3747 // whose result is a constant.
3748 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()
3749 || E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003750 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003751
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003752 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3753 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003754
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003755 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
3756 // signedness.
3757 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003758 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
3759 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003760 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003761 signedOperand = LHS;
3762 unsignedOperand = RHS;
3763 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
3764 signedOperand = RHS;
3765 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003766 } else {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003767 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
3768 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003769 }
3770
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003771 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
3772 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003773
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003774 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
3775 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003776 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
3777 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003778
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003779 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
3780 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
3781 // or false.
3782 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
3783 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003784
3785 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
3786 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
3787 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
3788 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003789 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
3790 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
3791 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003792
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003793 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
3794 // non-negative.
3795 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
3796
3797 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
3798 return;
3799 }
3800
3801 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003802 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
3803 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003804}
3805
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003806/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
3807///
3808/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003809static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
3810 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003811 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
3812 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
3813 return false;
3814
John McCall91b60142010-11-11 05:33:51 +00003815 // White-list bool bitfields.
3816 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
3817 return false;
3818
Douglas Gregor46ff3032011-02-04 13:09:01 +00003819 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
3820 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
3821 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
3822 Init->isValueDependent() ||
3823 Init->isTypeDependent())
3824 return false;
3825
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003826 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3827
Richard Smith80d4b552011-12-28 19:48:30 +00003828 llvm::APSInt Value;
3829 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003830 return false;
3831
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003832 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00003833 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003834
3835 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
3836 return false;
3837
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003838 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003839 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003840 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003841
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003842 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
3843 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003844 if (Value == TruncatedValue)
3845 return false;
3846
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003847 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedman34ff0622012-02-02 00:40:20 +00003848 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
3849 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003850 return false;
3851
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003852 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
3853 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
3854
3855 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
3856 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
3857 << Init->getSourceRange();
3858
3859 return true;
3860}
3861
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00003862/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
3863/// operations.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003864static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00003865 // Just recurse on the LHS.
3866 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
3867
3868 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
3869 // a bitfield.
3870 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getBitField()) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003871 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
3872 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
3873 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
3874 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
3875 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00003876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
3880}
3881
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003882/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003883static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003884 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
3885 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
3886 if (pruneControlFlow) {
3887 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
3888 S.PDiag(diag)
3889 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
3890 << SourceRange(CContext));
3891 return;
3892 }
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00003893 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
3894 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
3895}
3896
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00003897/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003898static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003899 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
3900 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
3901 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00003902}
3903
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003904/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
3905/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003906void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
3907 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003908 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003909 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003910 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskin3e1ef782011-07-15 17:03:07 +00003911 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
3912 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
3913 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003914 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003915 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003916 return;
3917
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003918 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
3919 << FL->getType() << T << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003920}
3921
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003922std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
3923 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
3924
3925 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
3926 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003927 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003928 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
3929}
3930
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003931void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003932 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003933 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003934
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003935 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
3936 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
3937 if (Source == Target) return;
3938 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003939
Chandler Carruth108f7562011-07-26 05:40:03 +00003940 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
3941 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
3942 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
3943 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
3944 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003945 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003946 return;
3947
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00003948 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
3949 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
3950 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
3951 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
3952 // expressions, for instances, assert(0 && "error here"), is prevented
3953 // by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
3954 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
3955 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00003956 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
3957 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
3958 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
3959 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
3960 // found a definition for them.
3961 ValueDecl *D = 0;
3962 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3963 D = R->getDecl();
3964 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3965 D = M->getMemberDecl();
3966 }
3967
3968 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00003969 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3970 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
3971 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie2def7732011-12-09 21:42:37 +00003972 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
3973 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
3974 QualType ReturnType;
3975 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
3976 S.isExprCallable(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
3977 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
3978 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
3979 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
3980 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3981 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00003982 return;
3983 }
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00003984 }
3985 }
David Blaikiee37cdc42011-09-29 04:06:47 +00003986 return; // Other casts to bool are not checked.
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00003987 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003988
3989 // Strip vector types.
3990 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003991 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00003992 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003993 return;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003994 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003995 }
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00003996
3997 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
3998 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
3999 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
4000 return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004001
4002 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4003 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4004 }
4005
4006 // Strip complex types.
4007 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004008 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004009 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004010 return;
4011
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004012 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004013 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004014
4015 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4016 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4017 }
4018
4019 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
4020 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
4021
4022 // If the source is floating point...
4023 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4024 // ...and the target is floating point...
4025 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4026 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
4027
4028 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
4029 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
4030 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
4031 // representable in the target type.
4032 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004033 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004034 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
4035 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004036 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
4037 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004038 return;
4039 }
4040
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004041 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004042 return;
4043
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004044 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004045 }
4046 return;
4047 }
4048
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004049 // If the target is integral, always warn.
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004050 if ((TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger())) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004051 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004052 return;
4053
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004054 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay634c8af2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00004055 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
4056 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
4057 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
4058 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4059
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004060 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
4061 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004062 } else {
4063 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
4064 }
4065 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004066
4067 return;
4068 }
4069
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004070 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004071 return;
4072
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004073 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
4074 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && Target->isIntegerType()) {
4075 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
4076 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC);
4077 return;
4078 }
4079
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004080 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004081 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004082
4083 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004084 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
4085 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
4086 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
4087 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004088 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004089 return;
4090
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004091 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
4092 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
4093
Ted Kremenek5e745da2011-10-22 02:37:33 +00004094 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4095 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
4096 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
4097 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
4098 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004099 return;
4100 }
4101
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004102 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004103 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004104 return;
4105
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004106 if (SourceRange.Width == 64 && TargetRange.Width == 32)
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004107 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
4108 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004109 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004110 }
4111
4112 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
4113 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
4114 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004115
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004116 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004117 return;
4118
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004119 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
4120
4121 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
4122 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
4123 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
4124 // in the sign-compare group.
4125 // The conditional-checking code will
4126 if (ICContext) {
4127 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
4128 *ICContext = true;
4129 }
4130
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004131 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004132 }
4133
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004134 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004135 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
4136 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
4137 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
4138 if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4139 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4140 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
4141 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
4142 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
4143 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
4144 }
4145 }
4146
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004147 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
4148 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
4149 if ((SourceEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004150 SourceEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004151 (TargetEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004152 TargetEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004153 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004154 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004155 return;
4156
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004157 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004158 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004159 }
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004160
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004161 return;
4162}
4163
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004164void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, QualType T);
4165
4166void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004167 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004168 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4169
4170 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
4171 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), T);
4172
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004173 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004174 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004175 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004176 return;
4177}
4178
4179void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, QualType T) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004180 SourceLocation CC = E->getQuestionLoc();
4181
4182 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004183
4184 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004185 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
4186 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004187
4188 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
4189 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
4190 if (!Suspicious) return;
4191
4192 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004193 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
4194 CC))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004195 return;
4196
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004197 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
4198 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieu52541612011-07-21 02:46:28 +00004199 if (E->getType() == T) return;
4200
4201 Suspicious = false;
4202 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4203 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
4204 if (!Suspicious)
4205 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004206 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004207}
4208
4209/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
4210/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
4211/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004212void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004213 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
4214 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4215
Douglas Gregorf8b6e152011-10-10 17:38:18 +00004216 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4217 return;
4218
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004219 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
4220 // were being fed directly into the output.
4221 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4222 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
4223 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, T);
4224 return;
4225 }
4226
4227 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
4228 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
4229 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
4230 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004231 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004232
4233 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
4234
4235 // Skip past explicit casts.
4236 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
4237 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004238 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004239 }
4240
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004241 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4242 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
4243 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
4244 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
4245
Eli Friedman0fa06382012-01-26 23:34:06 +00004246 // And with simple assignments.
4247 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004248 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
4249 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004250
4251 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
4252 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
4253 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
4254 // built into statements.
4255 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
4256
4257 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournef4e3cfb2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00004258 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004259
4260 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004261 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004262 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4263 bool IsLogicalOperator = BO && BO->isLogicalOp();
4264 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor54042f12012-02-09 10:18:50 +00004265 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I);
Douglas Gregor503384f2012-02-09 00:47:04 +00004266 if (!ChildExpr)
4267 continue;
4268
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004269 if (IsLogicalOperator &&
4270 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4271 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical operators.
4272 continue;
4273 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
4274 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004275}
4276
4277} // end anonymous namespace
4278
4279/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
4280/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
4281/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004282///
4283/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
4284/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
4285/// conversion
4286void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004287 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
4288 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated)
4289 return;
4290
4291 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
4292 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4293 return;
4294
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004295 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
4296 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
4297 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
4298 CheckArrayAccess(E);
4299
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004300 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
4301 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004302}
4303
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004304void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
4305 FieldDecl *BitField,
4306 Expr *Init) {
4307 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
4308}
4309
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004310/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
4311/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
4312/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
4313/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
4314/// parameters are complete.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004315bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **P, ParmVarDecl **PEnd,
4316 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004317 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004318 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
4319 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
4320
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004321 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
4322 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
4323 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
4324 //
4325 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
4326 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
4327 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
4328 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
4329 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4330 HasInvalidParm = true;
4331 }
4332
4333 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
4334 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004335 if (CheckParameterNames &&
4336 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004337 !Param->isImplicit() &&
4338 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4339 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00004340
4341 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
4342 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
4343 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
4344 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
4345 // variable length array types.
4346 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
4347 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
4348 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
4349 // FIXME: This diagnosic should point the the '[*]' if source-location
4350 // information is added for it.
4351 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
4352 }
4353 }
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004354 }
4355
4356 return HasInvalidParm;
4357}
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004358
4359/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
4360/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
4361void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
4362 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
4363 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004364 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
4365 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +00004366 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004367 return;
4368
4369 // Ignore dependent types.
4370 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
4371 return;
4372
4373 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
4374 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
4375 if (!DestPtr) return;
4376
4377 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
4378 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
4379 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4380 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
4381 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
4382
4383 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
4384 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4385 if (!SrcPtr) return;
4386 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
4387
4388 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
4389 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
4390 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
4391 // includes 'void'.
4392 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4393
4394 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
4395 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
4396
4397 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
4398 << Op->getType() << T
4399 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
4400 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
4401 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
4402}
4403
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004404static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
4405 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
4406 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
4407 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
4408 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
4409 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
4410 return EltType;
4411}
4412
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004413/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
4414/// array member of a struct.
4415///
4416/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
4417/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
4418static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
4419 const NamedDecl *ND) {
4420 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
4421
4422 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
4423 if (!FD) return false;
4424
4425 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
4426 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
4427 ConstantArrayTypeLoc TL =
4428 cast<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc());
4429 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(TL.getSizeExpr());
4430 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
4431 return false;
4432
4433 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gay381711c2011-11-29 22:43:53 +00004434 if (!RD) return false;
4435 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
4436 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
4437 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
4438 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004439
Benjamin Kramer22d4fed2011-08-06 03:04:42 +00004440 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
4441 const Decl *D = FD;
4442 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
4443 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
4444 return false;
4445 return true;
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004446}
4447
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004448void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004449 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00004450 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004451 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
4452 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
4453 return;
4454
Matt Beaumont-Gay8ef8f432011-12-12 22:35:02 +00004455 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004456 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004457 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004458 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004459 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004460 return;
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004461
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004462 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004463 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004464 return;
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00004465 if (IndexNegated)
4466 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00004467
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004468 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004469 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
4470 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004471 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004472 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004473
Ted Kremenek9e060ca2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00004474 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004475 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004476 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
4477 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004478
4479 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weberde5998f2011-09-17 22:59:41 +00004480 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004481 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
4482 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
4483 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhraind10f4bc2011-08-10 19:47:25 +00004484 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhrain18f16972011-08-10 18:49:28 +00004485 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004486 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
4487 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
4488 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
4489 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
4490 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
4491 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
4492 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
4493 }
4494 }
4495
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004496 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
4497 index = index.sext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004498 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
4499 size = size.sext(index.getBitWidth());
4500
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004501 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
4502 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
4503 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
4504 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
4505 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.sle(size) : index.slt(size))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004506 return;
4507
4508 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
4509 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
4510 // code.
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004511 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00004512 return;
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004513
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004514 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
4515 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
4516 // within a system header.
4517 if (ASE) {
4518 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
4519 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
4520 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
4521 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
4522 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
4523 if (SourceMgr.isFromSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
4524 return;
4525 }
4526 }
4527
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004528 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004529 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004530 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
4531
4532 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4533 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
4534 << size.toString(10, true)
4535 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
4536 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004537 } else {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004538 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004539 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004540 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
4541 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
4542 }
4543
4544 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4545 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
4546 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004547 }
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004548
Matt Beaumont-Gaycfbc5b52011-11-29 19:27:11 +00004549 if (!ND) {
4550 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
4551 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
4552 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
4553 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
4554 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
4555 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4556 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
4557 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4558 }
4559
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004560 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004561 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4562 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
4563 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004564}
4565
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004566void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004567 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
4568 while (expr) {
4569 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004570 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004571 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
4572 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004573 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004574 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004575 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004576 }
4577 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4578 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
4579 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
4580 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
4581 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4582 case UO_AddrOf:
4583 AllowOnePastEnd++;
4584 break;
4585 case UO_Deref:
4586 AllowOnePastEnd--;
4587 break;
4588 default:
4589 return;
4590 }
4591 break;
4592 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004593 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4594 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
4595 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
4596 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
4597 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
4598 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
4599 return;
4600 }
4601 default:
4602 return;
4603 }
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00004604 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004605}
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004606
4607//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
4608
4609namespace {
4610 struct RetainCycleOwner {
4611 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
4612 VarDecl *Variable;
4613 SourceRange Range;
4614 SourceLocation Loc;
4615 bool Indirect;
4616
4617 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
4618 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
4619 Range = e->getSourceRange();
4620 }
4621 };
4622}
4623
4624/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
4625/// a retain cycle.
4626static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
4627 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
4628 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
4629 // __block and has an appropriate type.
4630 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
4631 return false;
4632
4633 owner.Variable = var;
4634 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
4635 return true;
4636}
4637
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004638static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004639 while (true) {
4640 e = e->IgnoreParens();
4641 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
4642 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
4643 case CK_BitCast:
4644 case CK_LValueBitCast:
4645 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00004646 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004647 e = cast->getSubExpr();
4648 continue;
4649
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004650 default:
4651 return false;
4652 }
4653 }
4654
4655 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
4656 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
4657 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
4658 return false;
4659
4660 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004661 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004662 return false;
4663
4664 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
4665 owner.Indirect = true;
4666 return true;
4667 }
4668
4669 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
4670 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
4671 if (!var) return false;
4672 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
4673 }
4674
4675 if (BlockDeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(e)) {
4676 owner.Variable = ref->getDecl();
4677 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
4678 return true;
4679 }
4680
4681 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
4682 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
4683
4684 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
4685 e = member->getBase();
4686 continue;
4687 }
4688
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00004689 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
4690 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
4691 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
4692 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
4693 ->IgnoreParens());
4694 if (!pre) return false;
4695 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
4696 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
4697 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
4698 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
4699 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
4700 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
4701 return false;
4702
4703 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004704 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
4705 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
4706 if (!owner.Variable)
4707 return false;
4708 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
4709 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
4710 return true;
4711 }
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00004712 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
4713 ->getSourceExpr());
4714 continue;
4715 }
4716
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004717 // Array ivars?
4718
4719 return false;
4720 }
4721}
4722
4723namespace {
4724 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
4725 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
4726 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
4727 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
4728
4729 VarDecl *Variable;
4730 Expr *Capturer;
4731
4732 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
4733 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
4734 Capturer = ref;
4735 }
4736
4737 void VisitBlockDeclRefExpr(BlockDeclRefExpr *ref) {
4738 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
4739 Capturer = ref;
4740 }
4741
4742 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
4743 if (Capturer) return;
4744 Visit(ref->getBase());
4745 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
4746 Capturer = ref;
4747 }
4748
4749 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
4750 // Look inside nested blocks
4751 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
4752 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
4753 }
4754 };
4755}
4756
4757/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
4758/// variable.
4759static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
4760 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
4761
4762 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
4763 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
4764 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
4765 return 0;
4766
4767 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
4768 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
4769 return visitor.Capturer;
4770}
4771
4772static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
4773 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
4774 assert(capturer);
4775 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
4776
4777 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
4778 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
4779 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
4780 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
4781}
4782
4783/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
4784/// 'set'.
4785static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
4786 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
4787
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004788 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004789 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00004790 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004791 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00004792 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
4793 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
4794 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
4795 return false;
4796 str = str.substr(3);
4797 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004798 else
4799 return false;
4800
4801 if (str.empty()) return true;
4802 return !islower(str.front());
4803}
4804
4805/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
4806void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
4807 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
4808 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
4809 return;
4810
4811 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
4812 RetainCycleOwner owner;
4813 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004814 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004815 return;
4816 } else {
4817 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
4818 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
4819 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
4820 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
4821 }
4822
4823 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
4824 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
4825 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
4826 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
4827}
4828
4829/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
4830void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
4831 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004832 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004833 return;
4834
4835 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
4836 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
4837}
4838
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004839bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004840 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
4841 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
4842 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004843 return false;
4844 // strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one arc-specific
4845 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00004846 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004847 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
4848 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
4849 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004850 return true;
4851 }
4852 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
4853 }
4854 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004855}
4856
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004857void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
4858 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004859 QualType LHSType;
4860 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
4861 // its declaration as it has a PsuedoType.
4862 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
4863 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
4864 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
4865 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
4866 if (PD)
4867 LHSType = PD->getType();
4868 }
4869
4870 if (LHSType.isNull())
4871 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004872 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
4873 return;
4874 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
4875 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
4876 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4877 return;
4878
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004879 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004880 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
4881 return;
4882 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
4883 if (!PD)
4884 return;
4885
4886 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004887 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
4888 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
4889 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
4890 // for lifetime info.
4891 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
4892 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
4893 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
4894 return;
4895
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004896 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00004897 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004898 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
4899 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4900 return;
4901 }
4902 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
4903 }
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004904 }
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004905 }
4906}
Dmitri Gribenko625bb562012-02-14 22:14:32 +00004907
4908//===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
4909
4910namespace {
4911bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
4912 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4913 const NullStmt *Body) {
4914 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
4915 //
4916 // #define CALL(x)
4917 // if (condition)
4918 // CALL(0);
4919 //
4920 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
4921 return false;
4922
4923 // Get line numbers of statement and body.
4924 bool StmtLineInvalid;
4925 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc,
4926 &StmtLineInvalid);
4927 if (StmtLineInvalid)
4928 return false;
4929
4930 bool BodyLineInvalid;
4931 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
4932 &BodyLineInvalid);
4933 if (BodyLineInvalid)
4934 return false;
4935
4936 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
4937 if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
4938 return false;
4939
4940 return true;
4941}
4942} // Unnamed namespace
4943
4944void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4945 const Stmt *Body,
4946 unsigned DiagID) {
4947 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
4948 // instantiations, this just adds noise.
4949 if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
4950 return;
4951
4952 // The body should be a null statement.
4953 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
4954 if (!NBody)
4955 return;
4956
4957 // Do the usual checks.
4958 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
4959 return;
4960
4961 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
4962 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
4963}
4964
4965void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
4966 const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
4967 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
4968
4969 SourceLocation StmtLoc;
4970 const Stmt *Body;
4971 unsigned DiagID;
4972 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
4973 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
4974 Body = FS->getBody();
4975 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
4976 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
4977 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4978 Body = WS->getBody();
4979 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
4980 } else
4981 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
4982
4983 // The body should be a null statement.
4984 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
4985 if (!NBody)
4986 return;
4987
4988 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
4989 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) ==
4990 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4991 return;
4992
4993 // Do the usual checks.
4994 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
4995 return;
4996
4997 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
4998 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
4999 // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
5000 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5001 // {
5002 // a(i);
5003 // }
5004 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
5005 // than for/while itself:
5006 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5007 // a(i);
5008 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
5009 if (!ProbableTypo) {
5010 bool BodyColInvalid;
5011 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5012 PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
5013 &BodyColInvalid);
5014 if (BodyColInvalid)
5015 return;
5016
5017 bool StmtColInvalid;
5018 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5019 S->getLocStart(),
5020 &StmtColInvalid);
5021 if (StmtColInvalid)
5022 return;
5023
5024 if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
5025 ProbableTypo = true;
5026 }
5027
5028 if (ProbableTypo) {
5029 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5030 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5031 }
5032}